1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
153 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
154 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
163 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
164 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
165 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
168 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
169 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
170 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
172 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
173 Information instructions. The register number, offset
174 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
175 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
177 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
179 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
185 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
187 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
188 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
189 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
190 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
196 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
197 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
198 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
206 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
207 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
208 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
209 of this structure. */
210 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
212 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
213 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
215 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
218 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
219 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
220 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
221 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
222 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
224 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
227 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
228 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
229 const char *dw_fde_end
;
230 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
232 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
234 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
235 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
236 unsigned funcdef_number
;
237 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
238 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
239 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
243 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
244 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
246 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
247 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
248 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
249 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
251 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
252 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
255 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
256 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
257 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
260 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
261 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
264 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
265 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
266 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
269 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
270 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
272 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
273 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
276 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
278 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
279 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
280 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
282 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
283 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
284 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
285 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
287 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
291 /* CIE identifier. */
292 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
293 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
294 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
296 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
299 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
300 information for each routine. */
301 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
303 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
304 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
306 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
307 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
309 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
311 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
313 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
314 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
316 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
317 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
318 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
319 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
320 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
321 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
324 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
327 unsigned int refcount
;
332 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
334 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
335 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
337 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
341 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
342 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
343 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
344 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
345 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
346 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
347 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
348 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
349 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
350 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
351 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
352 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
353 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
354 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
355 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
356 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
358 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
359 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
360 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
361 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
362 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
363 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
364 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
366 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
367 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
368 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
371 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
372 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
373 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
375 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
376 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
379 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
380 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
383 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
384 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
387 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
388 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
390 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
391 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
392 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
393 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
394 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
395 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
397 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
399 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
401 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
402 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
406 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
408 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
412 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
413 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
414 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
415 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
418 /* Hook used by __throw. */
421 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
423 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
424 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
427 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
428 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
431 stripattributes (const char *s
)
433 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
438 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
445 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
448 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
451 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
452 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
453 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
454 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
456 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
458 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
460 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
462 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
463 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
466 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
467 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
468 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
470 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
472 wrote_return_column
= true;
474 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
478 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
479 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
483 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
484 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column
);
485 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
486 wrote_return_column
= false;
488 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 if (! wrote_return_column
)
493 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
494 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
495 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
500 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
503 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
507 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
508 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
510 return "DW_CFA_offset";
512 return "DW_CFA_restore";
516 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
517 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
518 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
519 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
520 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
522 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
523 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
524 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
525 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
526 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
527 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
528 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
529 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
530 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
531 case DW_CFA_register
:
532 return "DW_CFA_register";
533 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
534 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
535 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
536 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
538 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
539 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
540 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
542 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
547 case DW_CFA_expression
:
548 return "DW_CFA_expression";
549 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
550 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
554 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
556 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
557 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
558 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
561 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
562 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
563 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
564 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
565 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
566 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
569 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
573 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
575 static inline dw_cfi_ref
578 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
580 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
581 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
582 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
590 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
594 /* Find the end of the chain. */
595 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
601 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
604 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
606 static char label
[20];
608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
613 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
614 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
617 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
621 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
624 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
626 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
627 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
631 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
633 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
635 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
636 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
637 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
640 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
644 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
647 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
650 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
652 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
654 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
655 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
657 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
659 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
662 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
665 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
668 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
669 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
671 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
673 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
674 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
681 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
684 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
688 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
691 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
693 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
694 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
696 if (fde_table_in_use
)
698 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
699 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
700 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
704 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
707 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
711 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
714 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
715 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
717 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
718 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
719 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
722 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
729 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
732 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
735 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
737 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
738 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
739 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
740 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
741 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
744 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
745 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
748 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
751 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
756 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
757 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
760 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
762 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
763 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
768 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
770 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
771 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
774 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
775 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
777 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
778 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
787 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
788 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
789 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
792 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
793 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
794 offset has not changed. */
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
796 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
800 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
802 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
803 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
804 the specified offset. */
807 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
808 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
816 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
817 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
823 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
824 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
825 register-offset pair is available. */
826 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
828 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
829 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
830 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
833 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
836 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
837 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
838 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
839 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
842 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
844 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
848 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
851 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
853 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
855 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
857 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
859 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
860 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
861 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
863 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
865 gcc_assert (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== offset
);
868 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
870 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
872 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
874 else if (sreg
== reg
)
875 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
878 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
879 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
882 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
885 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
886 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
887 from the previous frame's window save area.
889 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
890 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
893 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
895 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
897 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
898 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
901 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
902 pushed onto the stack. */
905 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
909 if (size
== old_args_size
)
912 old_args_size
= size
;
915 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
916 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
917 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
920 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
921 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
924 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
929 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
930 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
933 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
935 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
938 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
939 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
942 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
944 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
947 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
948 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
951 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
953 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
954 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
956 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
959 /* RA is in a register. */
960 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
964 /* RA is on the stack. */
966 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
969 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
974 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
975 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
979 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
980 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
990 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
991 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
992 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
993 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
994 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1001 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1002 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1005 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1008 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1009 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
1011 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1012 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1013 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1016 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1018 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1019 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1020 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1021 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1022 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1025 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1029 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1031 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1032 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1033 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1039 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1041 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1042 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1043 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1044 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1045 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1052 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1054 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1061 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1063 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1078 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1079 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1080 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1083 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1085 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1089 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1090 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1091 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1092 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1093 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1096 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1098 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1099 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1100 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1101 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1102 offset
= -args_size
;
1107 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1108 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1109 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1110 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1112 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1114 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1115 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1116 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1118 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1123 /* We handle this separately because we want stack adjustments in a
1124 CALL_INSN to be handled. */;
1125 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1127 /* If only calls can throw, adjust args_size only at call sites. */
1128 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1129 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1135 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1136 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1138 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1142 args_size
+= offset
;
1146 /* If only calls can throw and we have a frame pointer, we'll save
1147 up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. We used to return
1148 early and derive args_size from NARGS in the CALL_INSN itself,
1149 but that doesn't compute the right value if we have nested call
1150 expansions, e.g., stack adjustments for a call have already been
1151 emitted, and then we issue another call to compute an argument
1152 for the enclosing call (i.e., bar (foo ())). */
1153 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1156 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1157 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1158 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1159 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1164 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1165 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1166 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1168 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1170 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1172 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1176 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1178 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1179 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1184 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1185 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1186 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1187 more efficient data structure. */
1188 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1189 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1191 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1192 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1194 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1195 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1198 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1200 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1202 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1203 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1205 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1206 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1211 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1212 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1213 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1217 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1218 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1220 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1223 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1226 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1228 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1230 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1233 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1235 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1236 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1238 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1240 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1241 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1243 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1245 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1246 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1249 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1251 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1253 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1254 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1257 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1258 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1261 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1262 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1263 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1264 have a new location for? */
1267 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1269 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1271 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1274 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1276 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1277 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1278 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1285 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1288 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1291 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1293 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1294 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1296 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1298 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1299 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1301 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1302 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1304 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1305 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1306 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1309 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1312 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1314 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1316 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1318 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1319 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1322 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1323 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1324 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1325 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1331 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1332 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1333 value, not an offset. */
1334 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1336 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1337 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1338 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1339 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1341 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1342 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1343 users need not read the source code.
1345 The High-Level Picture
1347 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1348 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1349 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1350 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1351 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1353 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1354 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1355 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1356 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1357 saves. This also seems to work.
1359 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1360 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1361 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1362 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1363 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1364 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1365 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1366 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1367 value as in the caller.
1369 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1370 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1371 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1372 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1374 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1377 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1379 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1380 consists of a register and an offset.
1381 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1382 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1383 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1384 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1385 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1386 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1387 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1389 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1390 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1391 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1394 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1395 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1396 and cfa_temp.offset.
1398 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1401 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1402 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1403 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1407 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1408 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1411 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1412 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1413 cfa.offset unchanged
1414 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1415 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1418 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1419 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1420 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1421 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1422 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1423 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1426 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1427 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1428 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1431 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1432 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1434 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1435 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1436 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1439 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1440 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1442 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1446 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1447 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1448 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1451 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1452 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1456 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1460 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1461 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1462 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1465 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1466 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1467 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1469 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1472 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1473 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1474 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1476 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1479 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1482 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1483 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1486 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1487 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1488 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1491 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1492 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1493 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1494 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1497 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1498 Â effects: target-dependent */
1501 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1504 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1506 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1507 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1508 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1509 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1510 flag is set in them. */
1511 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1514 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1516 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1517 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1518 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1520 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1525 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1527 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1528 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1532 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1537 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1540 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1542 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1544 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1547 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1548 relative to the current CFA register.
1550 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1551 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1552 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1553 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1554 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1555 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1556 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1560 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1561 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1562 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1563 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1564 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1565 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1572 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1576 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1579 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1582 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
1584 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1590 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1592 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1593 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1594 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1596 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1597 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1600 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
1602 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1604 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1605 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1606 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1607 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1609 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1612 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1613 or adjusting the FP */
1614 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
1616 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1617 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1618 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1619 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1620 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1622 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1623 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1627 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
1630 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1631 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1632 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1634 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1635 into the FP later on. */
1636 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1637 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1638 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1639 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1640 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1641 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1645 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1646 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1647 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1649 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1650 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1651 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1652 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1653 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1657 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1660 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1661 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1670 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1671 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1676 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1677 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1678 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1680 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1681 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1682 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1685 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1686 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1693 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
1694 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
1695 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
1702 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1706 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
1708 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1710 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1715 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1716 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
1718 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1720 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1721 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1723 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1724 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1725 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1727 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1733 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1734 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1737 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1738 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1740 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1741 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1742 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1744 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1748 /* With an offset. */
1755 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1756 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1757 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1758 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1761 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
1763 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1764 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1767 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1768 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1774 /* Without an offset. */
1777 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
1779 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1780 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1783 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1784 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1791 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
1792 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1793 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1794 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1801 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1802 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1803 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1805 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1807 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1809 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1810 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1812 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1813 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1818 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1819 calculate the CFA. */
1820 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1824 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
1826 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1827 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1829 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1834 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1835 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1843 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1844 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1845 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1847 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1848 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1851 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1856 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1860 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1861 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1863 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1866 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
1868 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1871 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1873 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1875 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1876 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1878 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1882 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1883 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1885 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1887 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1888 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
1892 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1893 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1895 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1897 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1899 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1904 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1905 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1906 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1908 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1909 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1914 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1917 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1918 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1919 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1920 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1921 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1922 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1925 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1927 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1929 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1930 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1931 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1933 case DW_CFA_register
:
1934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1937 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1938 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1939 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1942 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1943 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1950 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1951 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1952 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1954 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1955 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1959 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1960 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1962 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1963 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1964 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1966 case DW_CFA_register
:
1967 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1970 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1974 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1976 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1977 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1981 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1985 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1986 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
1990 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
1996 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
1998 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2000 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2002 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2003 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2004 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2005 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2006 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2007 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2008 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2009 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2012 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2013 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2017 if (eh_frame_section
)
2018 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2021 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2022 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2023 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2024 label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
2025 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2026 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2027 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2028 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2032 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2035 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
2038 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
2040 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
2041 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
2042 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2043 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
2045 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2047 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2050 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
2052 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2054 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
2059 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
2061 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2063 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2065 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2066 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2067 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
2070 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2071 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
2074 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2075 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2076 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2077 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2080 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2081 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2082 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2083 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2086 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2087 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2088 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2089 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2092 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2095 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2098 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2099 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2100 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2101 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2102 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2105 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2106 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2107 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2109 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2112 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2113 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2114 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2115 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2116 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2120 case DW_CFA_register
:
2121 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2123 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2128 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2132 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2136 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2139 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2140 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2141 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2144 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2145 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2154 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2155 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2156 location of saved registers. */
2159 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2164 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2165 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2166 char augmentation
[6];
2167 int augmentation_size
;
2168 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2169 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2170 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2173 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2174 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2177 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2178 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2179 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2180 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2181 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2182 specialization doesn't. */
2183 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2184 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2186 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2187 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2188 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2189 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2190 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2191 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2193 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2194 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2195 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2196 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2199 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2201 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2202 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2203 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2204 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2205 any_eh_needed
= true;
2206 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2207 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2208 any_eh_needed
= true;
2210 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2214 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2219 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2222 if (!debug_frame_section
)
2223 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
2224 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
2225 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
2228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2229 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2231 /* Output the CIE. */
2232 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2233 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2234 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2235 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2236 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2237 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2238 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2239 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2241 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2242 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2243 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2244 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
2245 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2249 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2250 augmentation_size
= 0;
2256 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2257 augmentation section.
2258 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2259 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2260 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2262 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2263 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2265 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2266 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2267 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2269 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2270 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2273 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2275 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2278 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2280 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2283 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2285 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2287 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2291 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2292 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2294 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2296 + 1 /* CIE version */
2297 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2298 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2299 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2301 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2302 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2303 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2305 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2307 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2308 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2309 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2313 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2315 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2316 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2318 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
2319 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2320 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2324 if (augmentation
[0])
2326 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2327 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2330 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2331 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2332 eh_personality_libfunc
,
2336 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2337 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2338 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2340 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2342 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2345 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2346 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2348 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2349 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2350 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2351 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2353 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2354 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2356 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2358 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2359 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2360 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2361 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2362 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2365 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2366 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2367 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2369 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2370 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2371 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2372 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2374 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2377 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2379 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2380 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
2384 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
2385 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2386 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2389 "FDE initial location");
2390 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2392 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2393 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
2394 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2395 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
2396 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2397 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2398 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
, false,
2399 "FDE initial location");
2400 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2401 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2402 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2403 "FDE address range");
2404 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
, false,
2405 "FDE initial location");
2406 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2407 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2408 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2409 "FDE address range");
2412 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2413 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2414 "FDE address range");
2418 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2419 "FDE initial location");
2420 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2422 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2423 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2424 "FDE initial location");
2425 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2426 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2427 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2428 "FDE address range");
2429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2430 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2431 "FDE initial location");
2432 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2433 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2434 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2435 "FDE address range");
2438 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2439 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2440 "FDE address range");
2443 if (augmentation
[0])
2445 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2447 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2449 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2451 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2452 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2453 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2454 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2455 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2458 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
2461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2463 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2466 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2467 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2468 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2469 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2473 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2474 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2476 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2477 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2484 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2486 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2487 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2488 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2490 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2491 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2492 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2496 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2497 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2498 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2499 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2500 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2501 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2504 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2509 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2513 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2514 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2516 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2520 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
2522 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2523 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2524 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2526 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2527 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2530 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2534 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl
));
2535 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2536 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2537 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2538 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2539 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
2540 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
2542 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2543 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2544 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2548 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2549 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2551 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2552 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2553 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2554 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2555 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2558 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2559 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2561 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2562 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2563 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2564 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
2565 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2566 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
2567 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2568 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
2569 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2570 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
2571 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2572 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2573 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2574 fde
->nothrow
= TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
);
2575 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2576 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2578 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2580 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2581 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2582 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2584 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2588 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2589 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2593 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2594 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2597 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2599 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2602 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2604 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2605 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2609 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2611 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2612 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2613 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2614 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2616 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2617 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2619 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2620 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2622 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2623 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
)
2624 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2629 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2631 /* Output call frame information. */
2632 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
2633 output_call_frame_info (0);
2635 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2636 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2637 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2638 output_call_frame_info (1);
2643 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2644 for emitting location expressions. */
2646 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2647 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2648 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2651 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2652 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2653 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2654 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2656 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2657 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2658 implementation are listed below. */
2663 dw_val_class_offset
,
2665 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2666 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2668 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2669 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2672 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2673 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2674 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2675 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
2680 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2681 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2683 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2690 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2692 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2694 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2700 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2701 represented internally. */
2703 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2705 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2706 union dw_val_struct_union
2708 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2709 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2710 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2711 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2712 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2713 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2714 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2715 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2716 struct dw_val_die_union
2720 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2721 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2722 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2723 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2724 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2726 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2730 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2733 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2735 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2736 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2737 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2738 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2743 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2744 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2745 their entire life. */
2746 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2748 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2749 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2750 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2751 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2752 Only on head of list */
2753 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2754 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2757 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2759 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2760 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2761 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2762 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2763 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2764 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2765 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2766 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2768 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2771 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2776 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2777 return "DW_OP_addr";
2779 return "DW_OP_deref";
2781 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2783 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2785 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2787 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2789 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2791 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2793 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2795 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2797 return "DW_OP_constu";
2799 return "DW_OP_consts";
2803 return "DW_OP_drop";
2805 return "DW_OP_over";
2807 return "DW_OP_pick";
2809 return "DW_OP_swap";
2813 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2821 return "DW_OP_minus";
2833 return "DW_OP_plus";
2834 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2835 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2841 return "DW_OP_shra";
2859 return "DW_OP_skip";
2861 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2863 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2865 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2867 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2869 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2871 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2873 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2875 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2877 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2879 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2897 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2899 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2925 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2927 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2929 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2931 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2933 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2935 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2937 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2939 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2941 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2943 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2961 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2963 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2989 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2991 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2993 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2995 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2997 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2999 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3001 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3003 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3005 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3007 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3025 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3027 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3053 return "DW_OP_regx";
3055 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3057 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3059 return "DW_OP_piece";
3060 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3061 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3062 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3063 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3066 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
3067 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3069 return "DW_OP_call2";
3071 return "DW_OP_call4";
3072 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3073 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3074 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
3075 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3077 return "OP_<unknown>";
3081 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3082 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3083 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3085 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3086 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
3087 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
3089 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
3091 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
3092 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3093 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
3094 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3095 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
3100 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3103 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
3105 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3107 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3108 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3114 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3116 static unsigned long
3117 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3119 unsigned long size
= 1;
3121 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3124 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3125 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3144 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3147 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3152 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3153 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3191 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3194 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3197 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3200 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3201 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3204 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3206 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3207 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3216 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3217 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3226 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3228 static unsigned long
3229 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3234 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3235 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3236 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3238 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
3240 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3245 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3247 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3248 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3254 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3257 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3259 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3260 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3262 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3264 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3266 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3270 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3274 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3278 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3286 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
3287 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3289 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3302 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3303 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3304 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3305 only doing unwinding. */
3310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3313 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3316 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3321 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3356 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3359 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3362 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3365 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3366 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3369 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3371 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3372 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3373 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3376 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3377 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
3379 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
3382 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3389 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3394 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3397 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3399 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3401 /* Output the opcode. */
3402 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3403 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3405 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3406 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3410 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3411 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3414 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3416 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3419 /* Output the size of the block. */
3420 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3421 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3422 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3424 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3425 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3428 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3429 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3432 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3433 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3435 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3437 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
3441 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3444 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3446 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3448 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3449 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3451 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3453 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3454 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3455 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3458 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
3459 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3466 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3468 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3469 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3470 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, offset
, 0);
3472 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, offset
);
3478 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3479 descriptor sequence. */
3482 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3484 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3486 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3490 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3492 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3528 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3531 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3565 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3566 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3569 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3570 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3575 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3576 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3579 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3580 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3584 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3586 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3587 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3589 /* .debug_str support. */
3590 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3592 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3593 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3594 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3595 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3596 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3597 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3598 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3599 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3600 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3601 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3602 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3603 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3604 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3605 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3606 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3607 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3609 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3611 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3617 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3618 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3619 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3620 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3621 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3622 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3623 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3624 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3625 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3626 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3627 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3628 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3629 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3630 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3631 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3632 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3633 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3634 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3635 something tries to reference them. */
3636 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3637 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3638 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3639 dwarf2out_var_location
,
3640 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
3641 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3645 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3646 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3647 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3649 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3650 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3651 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3652 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3654 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3655 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3657 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3659 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3661 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3662 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3663 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3664 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3665 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3667 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3668 line number associated with the label generated for that
3669 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3670 the line number entry. */
3672 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3674 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3675 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3679 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3681 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3683 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3684 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3685 unsigned long function
;
3687 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3689 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3690 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3691 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3693 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3695 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3696 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3700 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
3701 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
3703 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3704 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3705 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3707 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3709 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3711 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
3712 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3713 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3715 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3716 dw_offset die_offset
;
3717 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3719 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3720 int die_perennial_p
;
3721 unsigned int decl_id
;
3725 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3726 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3727 c = die->die_child; \
3731 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3734 /* The pubname structure */
3736 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3743 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3748 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3749 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3753 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3757 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3758 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3759 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3762 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3763 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3765 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3766 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3767 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3768 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3769 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3770 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3772 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3773 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3774 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3775 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3776 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3777 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3778 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3779 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3780 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3781 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3783 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3784 language, and compiler version. */
3786 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3787 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3788 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3790 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3791 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3793 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3794 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3795 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3796 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3797 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3799 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3800 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3801 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3802 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3803 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3804 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3806 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3807 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3808 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3809 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3811 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3815 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3816 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3817 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3819 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3820 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3822 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3823 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3825 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3826 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3827 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3828 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3829 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3831 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3832 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3833 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3834 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3837 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3838 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3840 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3841 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3843 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3844 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3845 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3846 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3848 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3849 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3850 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3852 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3853 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3855 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3856 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3857 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
3858 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3861 /* Variable location list. */
3862 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3864 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3866 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3867 it is marked through the chain. */
3868 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3870 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3871 unsigned int decl_id
;
3873 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3876 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3877 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3879 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3880 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3881 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3882 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3883 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3885 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3886 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3888 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3889 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3891 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3892 abbrev_die_table. */
3893 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3895 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3896 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3897 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3898 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3900 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3901 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3903 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3904 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3906 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3907 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
3909 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3910 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3911 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3912 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3914 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3915 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3917 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3918 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3920 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3922 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3924 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3925 accessible names. */
3926 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3928 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3929 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3931 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3932 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3934 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3936 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3938 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3939 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3941 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3942 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3944 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3945 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3947 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3949 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3951 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3952 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3954 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3955 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3957 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3958 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3960 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3962 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3964 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3965 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3967 /* Unique label counter. */
3968 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3970 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3971 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3972 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3974 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3975 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3978 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3979 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3981 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3982 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3984 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3986 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3987 within the current function. */
3988 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
3990 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3992 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3993 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3994 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3995 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3996 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3997 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3998 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3999 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
4000 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
4001 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
4002 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
4003 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4004 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
4005 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4006 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
4007 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4008 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
4009 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
4011 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
4012 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4013 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4014 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4015 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4016 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
4017 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
4018 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
4019 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4020 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
4021 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
4022 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
4023 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4024 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4025 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
4026 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4028 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
4029 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
4030 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
4031 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4032 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4033 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4034 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4035 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4036 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4038 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
4039 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4040 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4041 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4042 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4043 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4044 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4045 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4046 static bool is_c_family (void);
4047 static bool is_cxx (void);
4048 static bool is_java (void);
4049 static bool is_fortran (void);
4050 static bool is_ada (void);
4051 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4052 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
4053 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4054 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4055 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
4056 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4057 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4058 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4059 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
4060 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4061 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4062 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
4063 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4064 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
4065 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4066 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
4067 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4068 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4069 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
4070 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
4071 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4072 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4073 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
4074 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
4075 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
4076 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
4077 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4078 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
4079 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
4080 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
4081 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
4082 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
4083 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
4084 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4085 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4086 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4087 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
4088 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
4089 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
4090 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
4091 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
4092 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4093 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
4094 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
4095 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4096 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4097 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4098 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4099 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4100 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4101 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4102 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4103 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
4104 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
4105 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4106 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
4107 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
4108 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4109 static void output_pubnames (void);
4110 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4111 static void output_aranges (void);
4112 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
4113 static void output_ranges (void);
4114 static void output_line_info (void);
4115 static void output_file_names (void);
4116 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
4117 static tree
root_type (tree
);
4118 static int is_base_type (tree
);
4119 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
4120 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4121 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4122 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
4123 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx
);
4124 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
4125 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4126 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4127 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4128 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4129 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4130 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
4131 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
4132 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4133 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4134 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
4135 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
4136 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
4137 static tree
field_type (tree
);
4138 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
4139 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
4140 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
4141 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
4142 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4144 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4145 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
4146 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4147 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4148 static void insert_float (rtx
, unsigned char *);
4149 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
4150 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
4151 enum dwarf_attribute
);
4152 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4153 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
4154 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
4155 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
4156 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4157 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4158 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4159 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4160 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4161 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4162 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4163 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4164 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4165 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
4166 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4167 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4168 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4169 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4170 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4171 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4172 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
4173 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
4175 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
4177 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4179 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4181 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4182 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4183 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4184 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4185 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4186 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4187 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4188 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4189 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4190 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4191 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4192 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4193 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4194 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4195 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4196 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4197 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4198 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4199 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4200 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4201 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4202 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4203 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4204 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4205 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
4206 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
4207 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4208 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
4209 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
4210 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4211 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4212 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4213 static void init_file_table (void);
4214 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4215 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4216 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4217 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4218 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4219 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4220 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4221 const char *, const char *,
4223 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4224 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4226 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4227 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4228 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4229 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4230 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4231 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4232 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4234 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4235 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4236 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4238 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4239 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4241 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4242 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4244 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4245 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4247 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4248 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4250 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4251 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4253 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4254 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4256 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4257 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4259 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4260 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4263 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4264 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4265 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4268 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4269 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4270 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4271 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4274 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4275 the section names themselves. */
4277 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4278 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4280 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4281 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4283 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4284 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4286 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4287 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4289 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4290 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4292 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4293 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4295 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4296 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4298 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4299 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4302 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4303 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4304 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4305 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4306 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4308 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4309 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4310 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4311 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4312 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4313 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4314 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4315 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4316 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4317 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4319 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4320 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4322 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4323 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4325 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4326 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4328 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4329 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4331 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4332 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4334 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4335 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4338 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4339 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4341 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4344 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4346 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4349 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4352 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
4354 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4355 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4356 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4359 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4363 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4365 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4367 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4368 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4369 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4370 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4372 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4373 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4374 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4379 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4382 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
4384 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4386 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4387 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4390 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4393 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4397 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4398 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4399 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4400 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4401 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4402 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4403 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4404 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4405 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4406 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4407 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4408 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4409 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4410 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4412 return "DW_TAG_label";
4413 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4414 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4416 return "DW_TAG_member";
4417 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4418 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4419 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4420 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4421 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4422 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4423 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4424 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4425 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4426 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4427 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4428 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4429 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4430 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4431 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4432 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4433 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4434 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4435 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4436 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4437 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4438 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4439 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4440 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4441 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4442 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4443 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4444 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4446 return "DW_TAG_module";
4447 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4448 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4449 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4450 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4451 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4452 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4453 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4454 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4455 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4456 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4457 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4458 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4459 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4460 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4461 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4462 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4463 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4464 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4465 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4466 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4467 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4468 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4470 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4471 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4472 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4473 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4474 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4475 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4476 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4477 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4478 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4479 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4480 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4481 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4482 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4483 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4484 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4485 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4486 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4487 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4488 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4489 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4490 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4491 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4492 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4493 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4494 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4495 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4496 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4497 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4498 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4499 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4500 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4501 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4502 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4503 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4504 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4505 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4506 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4507 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4508 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4510 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4514 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4517 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4522 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4523 case DW_AT_location
:
4524 return "DW_AT_location";
4526 return "DW_AT_name";
4527 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4528 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4529 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4530 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4531 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4532 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4533 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4534 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4535 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4536 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4537 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4538 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4539 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4540 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4542 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4544 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4545 case DW_AT_language
:
4546 return "DW_AT_language";
4548 return "DW_AT_member";
4550 return "DW_AT_discr";
4551 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4552 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4553 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4554 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4556 return "DW_AT_import";
4557 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4558 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4559 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4560 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4561 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4562 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4563 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4564 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4565 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4566 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4567 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4568 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4570 return "DW_AT_inline";
4571 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4572 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4573 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4574 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4575 case DW_AT_producer
:
4576 return "DW_AT_producer";
4577 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4578 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4579 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4580 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4581 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4582 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4583 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4584 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4585 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4586 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4587 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4588 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4589 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4590 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4591 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4592 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4593 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4594 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4595 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4596 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4597 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4598 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4600 return "DW_AT_count";
4601 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4602 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4603 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4604 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4605 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4606 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4607 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4608 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4609 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4610 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4611 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4612 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4613 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4614 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4615 case DW_AT_external
:
4616 return "DW_AT_external";
4617 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4618 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4620 return "DW_AT_friend";
4621 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4622 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4623 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4624 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4625 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4626 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4627 case DW_AT_priority
:
4628 return "DW_AT_priority";
4630 return "DW_AT_segment";
4631 case DW_AT_specification
:
4632 return "DW_AT_specification";
4633 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4634 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4636 return "DW_AT_type";
4637 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4638 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4639 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4640 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4641 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4642 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4643 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4644 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4646 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4647 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4648 case DW_AT_associated
:
4649 return "DW_AT_associated";
4650 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4651 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4653 return "DW_AT_stride";
4654 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4655 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4656 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4657 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4658 case DW_AT_extension
:
4659 return "DW_AT_extension";
4661 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4662 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4663 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4664 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4665 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4666 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4667 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4668 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4669 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4671 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4672 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4673 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4674 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4675 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4676 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4677 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4678 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4679 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4680 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4681 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4682 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4683 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4684 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4685 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4686 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4687 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4688 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4689 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4690 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4691 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4694 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4695 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4696 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4697 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4698 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4699 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4700 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4701 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4702 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4703 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4704 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4705 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4706 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4707 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4709 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4710 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4713 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4717 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4720 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4725 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4726 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4727 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4728 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4729 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4731 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4733 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4735 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4736 case DW_FORM_string
:
4737 return "DW_FORM_string";
4739 return "DW_FORM_block";
4740 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4741 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4743 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4745 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4747 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4749 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4751 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4752 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4753 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4755 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4757 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4759 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4761 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4762 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4763 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4764 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4765 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4767 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4771 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4772 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4773 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4774 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4778 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4780 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4783 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4784 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4785 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4786 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4789 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4790 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4791 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4793 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4796 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4797 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4798 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4799 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4803 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4805 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4807 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4808 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4809 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4810 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4813 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4818 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4822 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4823 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4824 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4826 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4828 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4829 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4830 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4831 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4832 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4833 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4834 if (DECL_P (ret_val
))
4835 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val
);
4841 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4842 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4846 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4848 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4850 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4851 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4853 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4854 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4856 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4857 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4862 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4865 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4867 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4871 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
4872 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
4873 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
4876 static inline enum dw_val_class
4877 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4879 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4882 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4885 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4889 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4890 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4891 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4892 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4895 static inline unsigned
4896 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4898 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4899 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4902 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4905 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4909 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4910 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4911 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4912 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4915 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4916 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4918 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
4919 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4922 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4925 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4926 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4930 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4931 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4932 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4933 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4936 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4937 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4939 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
4940 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4943 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4946 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4947 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4951 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4952 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4953 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4954 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4955 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4958 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4961 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4962 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4966 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4968 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4969 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4970 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4971 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4974 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4977 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4979 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4983 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4985 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4986 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4989 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4992 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4995 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4998 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4999 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
5000 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
5002 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
5003 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
5005 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
5006 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
5007 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
5010 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5011 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
5012 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
5013 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5016 static inline const char *
5017 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
5019 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5020 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
5023 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5024 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5027 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
5029 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5033 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5035 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
5039 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
5041 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5042 always better to put it inline. */
5043 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
5044 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5046 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5047 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5049 if ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
5050 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
5051 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5053 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
5054 ++dw2_string_counter
;
5055 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
5057 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
5060 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5063 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5067 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5068 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
5069 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
5070 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
5071 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5074 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5075 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5078 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5080 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
5081 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
5082 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
5085 static inline dw_die_ref
5086 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
5088 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5089 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
5093 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
5095 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
5096 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
5102 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
5104 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5105 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
5108 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5111 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
5115 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5116 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
5117 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
5118 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5121 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5124 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5128 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5129 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
5130 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
5131 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5134 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5135 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
5137 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
5138 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
5142 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
5146 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5147 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
5148 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
5149 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5150 have_location_lists
= true;
5153 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5154 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
5156 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
5157 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
5160 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5163 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
5167 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5168 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5169 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5170 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5174 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5176 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5177 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5180 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5183 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5187 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5188 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5190 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5193 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5194 debug_line section. */
5197 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5202 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5203 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5204 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5205 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5208 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5209 debug_macinfo section. */
5212 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5217 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5218 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5219 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5220 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5223 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5226 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5227 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5231 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5232 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5233 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5234 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5237 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5240 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5241 long unsigned int offset
)
5245 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5246 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5247 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5248 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5251 static inline const char *
5252 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5254 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5255 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5256 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
5257 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5260 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5263 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5267 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5272 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5273 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5275 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5276 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5280 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5285 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5286 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5287 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5289 static inline const char *
5290 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5292 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5294 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5297 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5298 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5299 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5301 static inline const char *
5302 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5304 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5306 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5309 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5310 NULL if it is not present. */
5312 static inline const char *
5313 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5315 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5317 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5320 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5321 if it is not present. */
5324 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5326 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5328 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5331 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5332 if it is not present. */
5334 static inline unsigned
5335 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5337 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5339 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5342 static inline dw_die_ref
5343 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5345 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5347 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5350 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5355 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5357 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
5358 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5359 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
5362 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5367 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5369 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
5372 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5377 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5379 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5380 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5381 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5384 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5389 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5391 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5394 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5399 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5401 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5404 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5407 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5415 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5416 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5418 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5419 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5420 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5422 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5424 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
5429 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5430 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5433 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5435 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5436 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5439 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5443 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5444 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5445 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5448 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5452 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5458 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5460 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5462 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5463 /* Might have removed every child. */
5464 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
5468 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5471 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5474 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5476 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5477 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5479 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5481 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5484 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5485 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5488 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5489 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5492 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5493 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5494 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5497 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5501 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5502 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5503 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5505 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5511 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5512 || (child
->die_parent
5513 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5515 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5516 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5518 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5522 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
5525 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5527 static inline dw_die_ref
5528 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5530 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5532 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5534 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5535 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5538 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5540 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5541 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5542 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5543 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5544 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5550 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5552 static inline dw_die_ref
5553 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5555 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5558 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5561 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5563 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5566 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5569 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5571 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5574 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5577 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5579 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5582 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5584 static inline dw_die_ref
5585 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5587 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5590 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5593 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5595 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5598 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5602 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5604 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5607 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5609 static inline var_loc_list
*
5610 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5612 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5615 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5618 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5620 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5623 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5625 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5628 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5631 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5633 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5637 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5640 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5641 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5649 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5650 we have nothing to do. */
5651 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5652 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5654 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5655 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5659 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5660 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5667 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5668 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5669 the DIE internal representation. */
5670 static int print_indent
;
5672 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5675 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5677 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5680 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5681 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5684 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5690 print_spaces (outfile
);
5691 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5692 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5693 print_spaces (outfile
);
5694 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5695 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5697 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5699 print_spaces (outfile
);
5700 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5702 switch (AT_class (a
))
5704 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5705 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5707 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5708 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5710 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5711 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5713 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5714 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5715 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5717 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5718 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5720 case dw_val_class_const
:
5721 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5723 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5724 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5726 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5727 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5728 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5729 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5731 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5732 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5734 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5735 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5737 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5738 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5740 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5741 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5743 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5746 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5748 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5749 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5750 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5751 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5753 case dw_val_class_str
:
5754 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5755 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5757 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5763 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5766 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5769 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
5772 if (print_indent
== 0)
5773 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5776 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5777 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5780 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5783 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5785 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5786 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5788 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5789 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5790 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5791 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5792 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5793 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5796 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5799 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5802 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5804 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5807 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5808 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5814 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5815 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5816 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5819 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5820 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5821 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5824 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5826 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5827 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5829 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5833 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5836 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5838 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5840 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5844 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5845 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5847 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5850 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5852 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5853 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5854 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5857 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5860 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5862 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5865 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5867 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5868 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5869 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5870 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5871 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5874 switch (AT_class (at
))
5876 case dw_val_class_const
:
5877 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5879 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5880 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5882 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5883 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5885 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5886 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
5888 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5889 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5891 case dw_val_class_str
:
5892 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5895 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5897 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5898 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5901 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5902 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5905 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5906 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5907 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5910 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5911 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5914 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5915 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5916 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5917 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5925 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5928 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5934 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5937 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5940 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5942 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5944 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5945 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5947 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
5951 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5953 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5955 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5957 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5958 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5959 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5962 /* Do the values look the same? */
5964 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5966 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5969 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5972 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5974 case dw_val_class_const
:
5975 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5976 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5977 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5978 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5979 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5980 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5981 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5982 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
5983 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
5985 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
5986 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
5989 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5990 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5991 case dw_val_class_str
:
5992 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5994 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5995 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5996 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5997 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5999 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6000 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
6002 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6003 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
6005 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6006 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
6008 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
6009 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
6011 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
6013 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6014 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
6016 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6017 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6018 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6019 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6027 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6030 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
6032 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
6035 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6036 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
6037 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6038 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6039 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6042 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
6045 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6048 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
6054 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6056 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
6057 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6059 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
6062 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
6063 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
6066 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
6067 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
6070 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
6071 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
6080 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
6084 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
6086 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
6096 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6099 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
6102 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
6104 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
6105 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
6110 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6112 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
6114 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6115 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
6117 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6118 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6121 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6123 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6124 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6125 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6128 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6131 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6132 the name filename of the unit. */
6134 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6136 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6137 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6138 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6140 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6141 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6143 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6144 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6146 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6150 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6151 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6154 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6157 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6159 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6161 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6162 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6163 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6164 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6165 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6166 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6167 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6168 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6169 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6170 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6171 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6172 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6173 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6174 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6175 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6176 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6177 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6178 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6185 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6186 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6187 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6188 compilations (functions). */
6191 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6193 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6194 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6195 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6196 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6198 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6201 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6202 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6203 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6204 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6206 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6208 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6211 return is_type_die (c
);
6214 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6215 compilation unit. */
6218 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6220 return (is_type_die (c
)
6221 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6222 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
6223 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
6227 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6231 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6232 return xstrdup (buf
);
6235 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6238 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6242 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6244 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6246 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6248 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6249 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6250 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6253 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6256 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
6259 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6262 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6263 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6266 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6268 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6270 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6272 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6276 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6278 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6279 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6281 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6285 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6287 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6297 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6300 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6302 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6303 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6305 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6307 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6308 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6312 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6314 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6320 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6324 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
6326 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6327 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6333 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6335 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6337 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6339 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6340 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6344 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6347 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6348 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6349 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6352 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6355 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6356 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6357 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6361 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
6363 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6364 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6366 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
6368 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6369 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
6371 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6372 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6373 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6374 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6376 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6378 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
6381 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6384 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6385 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6389 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6390 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6391 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6397 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6398 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6399 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6400 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6402 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6405 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6406 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6407 comdat_symbol_number
);
6410 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6413 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6414 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6415 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6418 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6422 if (! die
->die_child
)
6425 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
6426 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6428 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
6431 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6434 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6440 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6441 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6442 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
6444 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
6447 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6448 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6449 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6450 die are visited recursively. */
6453 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6455 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6456 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6461 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6462 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6463 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6464 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6465 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
6467 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
6469 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
6472 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6474 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6475 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
6479 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
6481 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6484 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
6485 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
6488 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
6490 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
6491 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
6492 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
6502 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6504 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6506 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6507 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6508 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6510 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6511 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6512 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6515 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6516 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6519 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6520 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
6523 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6526 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6533 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6536 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6541 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6542 .debug_info section. */
6544 static unsigned long
6545 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6547 unsigned long size
= 0;
6551 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6552 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6554 switch (AT_class (a
))
6556 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6557 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6559 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6560 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6562 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6564 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6567 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6571 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6572 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6574 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6575 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6577 case dw_val_class_const
:
6578 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6580 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6581 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6583 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6584 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6586 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6587 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6588 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6590 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6593 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6594 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6595 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6597 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6599 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6600 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6602 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6603 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6605 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6606 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6607 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6609 case dw_val_class_str
:
6610 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6611 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6613 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6623 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6624 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6625 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6626 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6629 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6633 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6634 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6636 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
6638 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6639 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6640 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6643 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6644 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6645 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6646 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6649 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6653 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6656 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
6659 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6662 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6666 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
6669 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
6672 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6675 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6685 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
6687 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6688 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6689 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6692 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6693 compilation unit. */
6695 static unsigned long
6696 size_of_pubnames (void)
6701 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6702 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6704 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6705 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6708 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6712 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6714 static unsigned long
6715 size_of_aranges (void)
6719 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6721 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6722 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6723 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6725 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6726 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6730 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6732 static enum dwarf_form
6733 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6735 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6737 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6738 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6739 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6740 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6741 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6742 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
6745 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6747 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6751 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6752 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6755 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6757 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6761 case dw_val_class_const
:
6762 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6763 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6764 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6767 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6769 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6771 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6773 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6777 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6778 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6779 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6780 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6781 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6782 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6783 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6784 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6785 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6788 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6789 return DW_FORM_data
;
6790 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6791 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6792 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6793 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6794 return DW_FORM_data
;
6795 case dw_val_class_str
:
6796 return AT_string_form (a
);
6803 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6806 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6808 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6810 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6813 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6817 output_abbrev_section (void)
6819 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6821 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6823 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6827 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6828 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6829 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6831 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6832 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6834 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6836 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
6839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6840 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6841 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6845 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6848 /* Terminate the table. */
6849 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6852 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6855 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6857 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6862 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6863 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6864 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6866 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6868 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6871 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6872 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6873 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6875 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6876 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6877 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6879 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6881 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6883 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6884 retlist
->section
= section
;
6886 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6891 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6894 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6895 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6896 const char *section
)
6900 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6901 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6904 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6905 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6909 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6915 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
6916 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
6917 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= cfun
->hot_section_label
;
6918 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= cfun
->hot_section_end_label
;
6919 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
6920 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= cfun
->cold_section_end_label
;
6921 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
6924 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6927 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6929 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6931 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6933 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6934 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6937 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
6939 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6940 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6941 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6942 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6943 "Location list end address (%s)",
6944 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6948 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
6949 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6950 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6951 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
6952 "Location list end address (%s)",
6953 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6955 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6957 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6958 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
6959 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6961 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6964 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6965 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6966 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6967 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6968 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6969 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6972 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6973 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6976 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6983 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6984 them to point to. */
6985 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6986 output_die_symbol (die
);
6988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6989 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6991 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6993 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6995 switch (AT_class (a
))
6997 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6998 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
7001 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7002 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
7006 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7008 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
7010 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
7011 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7012 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
7013 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
7018 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7019 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
7021 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7022 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
7024 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
7027 case dw_val_class_const
:
7028 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7029 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7030 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7031 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
7034 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7035 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
7036 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
7039 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7041 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
7043 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7044 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7047 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
7049 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7050 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7054 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7055 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7058 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7059 first
, "long long constant");
7060 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7065 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7067 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
7068 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
7072 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
7073 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
7078 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
7081 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
7082 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
7086 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
7090 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7092 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
7095 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
7100 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7101 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7103 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
7106 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, debug_info_section
,
7111 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7112 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
7117 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7121 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
7122 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
7123 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
7128 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7129 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7132 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7133 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7134 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
7137 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7138 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7139 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
7142 case dw_val_class_str
:
7143 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7144 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7145 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7147 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7149 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7157 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
7159 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7160 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7161 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7165 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7166 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7169 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7171 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7172 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7173 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7174 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7175 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7176 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7177 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7178 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7179 debug_abbrev_section
,
7180 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7184 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7187 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7189 const char *secname
;
7192 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7193 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7196 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7197 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7198 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7199 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7200 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7203 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7205 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7206 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7207 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7209 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7212 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7214 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7216 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7217 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
7220 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
7222 /* Output debugging information. */
7223 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7226 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7231 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7235 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7236 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7237 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7240 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7242 return lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7245 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7248 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7252 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7255 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7257 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7259 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7260 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7261 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7262 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7265 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7267 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7270 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7271 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7272 visible procedures. */
7275 output_pubnames (void)
7278 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7280 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7281 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7282 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7283 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7284 "Length of Public Names Info");
7285 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7286 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7288 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7290 "Compilation Unit Length");
7292 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7294 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7296 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7297 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
7299 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7302 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7305 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7308 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7311 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7313 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7316 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7318 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7319 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7320 (arange_table_allocated
7321 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7322 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7323 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7326 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7329 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7330 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7331 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7334 output_aranges (void)
7337 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7339 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7340 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7341 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7342 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7343 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7344 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7345 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7347 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7348 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7349 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7351 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7352 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7354 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7356 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7357 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7358 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7359 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7362 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7363 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7364 text_section_label
, "Length");
7365 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
7367 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
7369 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
7370 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
7373 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7375 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7377 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7378 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7380 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7382 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7384 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7385 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7389 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7390 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7391 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7392 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7393 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7395 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7398 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
7400 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7401 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7402 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7403 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7408 /* Output the terminator words. */
7409 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7410 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7413 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7417 add_ranges (tree block
)
7419 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7421 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7423 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7425 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7426 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7427 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7428 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7431 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7432 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7434 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7438 output_ranges (void)
7441 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7442 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7444 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7446 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7450 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7451 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7453 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7454 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7456 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7457 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7458 base of the text section. */
7459 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7461 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7463 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7464 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7465 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7468 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7469 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7470 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7471 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7474 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7475 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7476 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7483 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7484 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7490 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7493 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7494 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7495 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7496 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7497 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7500 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7504 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7505 int length
; /* Path length. */
7506 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7507 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7508 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7509 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7512 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7513 the directories in the path. */
7516 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7518 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7519 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7523 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7524 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7525 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7526 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7527 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7528 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7529 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7531 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7532 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7538 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7539 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7540 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7541 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7542 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7544 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7545 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7550 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7551 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7552 slowdowns with many input files. */
7555 output_file_names (void)
7557 struct file_info
*files
;
7558 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7567 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7568 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7571 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7575 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7576 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7577 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7579 /* Sort the file names. */
7580 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7584 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7585 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7586 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7589 /* Create a new array entry. */
7591 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7592 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7594 /* Search for the file name part. */
7595 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7596 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7599 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7600 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7602 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7603 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7604 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7605 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7607 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7609 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7612 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7613 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7614 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7615 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7617 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7618 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7619 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7625 /* This is a new directory. */
7626 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7627 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7628 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7629 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7630 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7631 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7633 /* Search for a prefix. */
7634 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7635 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7636 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7637 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7638 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7639 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7640 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7641 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7646 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7647 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7648 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7649 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7650 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7651 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7652 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7653 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7655 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7656 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7661 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7662 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7663 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7664 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7666 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7669 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7671 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7676 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7681 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7682 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7684 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7685 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7690 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7692 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7694 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7695 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7696 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7698 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7699 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7701 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7702 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7707 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7708 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7709 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7710 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7711 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7713 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7715 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7716 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7719 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7720 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7721 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7722 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7723 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7725 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7726 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7727 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7729 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7730 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7731 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7736 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7738 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7741 /* Now write all the file names. */
7742 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7744 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7745 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7747 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7748 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7750 /* Include directory index. */
7751 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7753 /* Modification time. */
7754 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7756 /* File length in bytes. */
7757 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7760 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7764 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7765 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7768 output_line_info (void)
7770 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7771 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7772 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7775 unsigned long lt_index
;
7776 unsigned long current_line
;
7779 unsigned long current_file
;
7780 unsigned long function
;
7782 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7783 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7785 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7787 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7788 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7789 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7790 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7791 "Length of Source Line Info");
7792 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7794 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7795 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7796 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7798 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7799 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7800 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7801 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7802 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7803 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7804 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7805 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7807 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7809 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7810 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7812 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7814 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7816 "Special Opcode Base");
7818 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7822 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7823 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7824 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7825 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7826 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7834 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7838 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7839 output_file_names ();
7840 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7842 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7843 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7844 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7846 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7847 a series of state machine operations. */
7851 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
7852 strcpy (prev_line_label
, cfun
->cold_section_label
);
7854 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7855 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7857 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7860 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7861 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7864 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7865 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7866 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7867 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7868 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7872 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7874 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7875 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7876 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7877 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7878 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7879 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7884 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7885 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7886 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7887 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7891 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7892 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7894 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7895 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7896 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7899 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7901 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7902 different from the previous line. */
7903 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7905 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7907 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7908 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7912 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7913 that uses the least amount of space. */
7914 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7916 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7917 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7918 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7919 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7920 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7921 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7924 "line %lu", current_line
);
7927 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7928 depending on the value being encoded. */
7929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7930 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7931 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7932 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7936 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7940 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7944 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7945 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7949 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7952 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7957 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7962 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7964 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7965 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7968 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7969 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7970 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7971 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7975 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7976 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7977 to handle it differently. */
7978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7980 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7982 function
= line_info
->function
;
7984 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7985 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7986 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7988 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7992 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7995 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7996 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7997 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8001 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8004 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8008 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8010 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8011 different from the previous line. */
8012 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8014 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8015 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
8017 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
8021 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8022 that uses the least amount of space. */
8023 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8025 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8026 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8027 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8028 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8029 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8030 "line %lu", current_line
);
8033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8034 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8035 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8036 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8048 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8049 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
8050 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
8055 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8056 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
8059 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8060 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8061 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8065 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8066 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8068 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8071 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8072 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8073 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8078 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8079 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
8082 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8083 a DIE that describes the given type.
8085 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8086 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8089 base_type_die (tree type
)
8091 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
8092 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
8094 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
8097 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8100 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
8102 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8103 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
8105 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
8107 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8108 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
8110 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
8114 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
8115 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
8117 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
8120 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8121 a user defined type for it. */
8123 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8124 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8126 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8130 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8131 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8135 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8139 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8141 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8142 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
8143 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
8145 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8146 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8147 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8149 return base_type_result
;
8152 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8153 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8154 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8155 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8156 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8157 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8158 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8159 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8162 root_type (tree type
)
8164 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8165 return error_mark_node
;
8167 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8170 return error_mark_node
;
8173 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8174 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
8177 return type_main_variant (type
);
8181 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8182 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8185 is_base_type (tree type
)
8187 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8200 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8205 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8218 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8219 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8220 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8221 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8224 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8225 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
8227 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8228 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8229 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8231 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8232 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8234 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8237 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8238 emitted as a subrange type. */
8241 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
8243 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8245 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8246 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8247 or an enumeral type. */
8249 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8250 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8253 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8254 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8257 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8258 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8259 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8260 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8261 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8262 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8263 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8264 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8266 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8267 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8268 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8269 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8270 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8271 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8272 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8273 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8274 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8275 keep checking the actual size. */
8276 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8277 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8279 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8280 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8282 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8283 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8285 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8292 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8293 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8296 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8298 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8299 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8301 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8302 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8304 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8306 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
8308 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8309 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8310 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8313 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8314 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8315 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8316 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8317 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8318 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8320 return subrange_die
;
8323 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8324 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8327 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8328 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8330 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8331 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
8332 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8333 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8334 tree qualified_type
;
8337 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
8340 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8343 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8344 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8345 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8347 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8350 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8352 return mod_type_die
;
8355 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
8357 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8358 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
8360 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
8362 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8364 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8365 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8366 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8368 else if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
8369 && (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8370 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)))
8371 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8372 type to which it refers. */
8373 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
8374 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8376 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8381 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8382 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8384 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8386 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8387 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8389 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8391 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8392 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8393 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8394 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8396 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8398 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8399 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8400 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8401 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8403 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8405 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8406 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8408 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8409 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8412 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8414 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8415 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8416 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8417 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8418 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8420 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8421 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8423 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8424 not the main variant. */
8425 return lookup_type_die (type
);
8428 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8429 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8430 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8432 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
))
8434 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8435 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8436 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8437 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8438 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8439 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8443 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
8446 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8447 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8448 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8449 types are possible in Ada. */
8450 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8451 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8452 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8455 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8456 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8458 return mod_type_die
;
8461 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8462 an enumerated type. */
8465 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8467 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8470 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8473 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8475 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8477 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
8479 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8480 regno
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
8483 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8486 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8487 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8488 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8491 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
8493 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8495 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
8497 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8498 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8501 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
8502 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
8506 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8507 zero if there is none. */
8509 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8510 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8514 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8517 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8519 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
8520 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8522 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8525 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8526 a given hard register number. */
8528 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8529 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8532 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8534 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8537 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8538 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8540 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8541 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8545 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8548 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8549 reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
8551 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8552 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8554 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8555 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8557 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8564 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
));
8565 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8566 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8572 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8574 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
8576 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8579 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8583 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8584 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8585 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8586 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8591 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8593 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8594 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8596 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8598 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8599 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8603 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8606 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8608 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8618 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8620 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8621 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8627 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8630 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8632 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8633 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8637 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8638 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8639 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8640 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8641 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
8643 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
8647 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
8649 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
8650 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
8652 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8653 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
8654 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
8656 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8660 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
8662 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
, offset
, 0);
8664 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
8667 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8670 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8672 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8673 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8674 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8675 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8678 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8679 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8680 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8681 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8683 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8684 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8685 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8686 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8688 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8689 autoincrement addressing modes.
8691 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8692 location list for RTL.
8694 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8696 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8697 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8699 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8700 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8702 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8703 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8704 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8705 zeroth element of the array. */
8707 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
8709 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8714 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8715 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8717 /* ... fall through ... */
8720 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8721 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8722 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8723 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8724 contains the given subreg. */
8725 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8727 /* ... fall through ... */
8730 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8731 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8732 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8733 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8734 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8735 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8736 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8737 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8738 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8739 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8740 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8741 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8742 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8743 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8744 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0);
8748 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8749 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8750 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8754 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8756 /* ... fall through ... */
8759 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8760 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8764 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8765 by a different symbol. */
8766 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8769 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8771 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8774 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8775 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8780 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8781 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8782 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8783 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8788 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8789 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8790 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8791 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
8795 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8797 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8802 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8804 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8805 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8806 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8807 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8809 /* ... fall through ... */
8813 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8814 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8815 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8818 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8819 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8822 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8823 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8824 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8825 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8826 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8829 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8830 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8831 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8832 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8837 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8838 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8857 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8858 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8860 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8863 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8864 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8865 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8870 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8877 return mem_loc_result
;
8880 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8881 This is typically a complex variable. */
8883 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8884 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8886 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8887 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8888 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8890 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8893 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8894 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
8896 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8897 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
8899 return cc_loc_result
;
8902 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8903 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8904 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8905 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8906 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8908 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8910 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8911 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8913 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8915 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8918 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8919 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8920 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8921 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8922 contains the given subreg. */
8923 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8925 /* ... fall through ... */
8928 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8932 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8936 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8941 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
8943 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0));
8947 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8952 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
8953 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
8954 enum machine_mode mode
;
8957 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8958 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8959 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8960 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
8961 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
8963 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
8965 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
8966 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
8967 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
8968 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
8980 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8981 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8982 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8983 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8984 the value of LOC. */
8986 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8987 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
8989 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8990 int have_address
= 0;
8991 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8993 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8994 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8997 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
9002 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
9003 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9004 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9005 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9006 the names of types. */
9012 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9013 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9014 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9015 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9016 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9020 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9024 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9025 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
9028 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
9032 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9033 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
9036 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9037 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9038 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
9041 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9042 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9047 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9048 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9051 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
9052 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9053 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9055 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
9056 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9064 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
9065 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
9071 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9073 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9075 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
9077 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9078 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
9079 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
9080 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
9082 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
9084 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9086 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
9087 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9088 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9092 enum machine_mode mode
;
9094 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9095 if (want_address
== 2)
9096 return loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9098 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9101 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9104 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9110 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9115 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
9119 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9120 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9123 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
9128 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
9131 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
9132 enum machine_mode mode
;
9134 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9136 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
9137 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
9142 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
9144 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9147 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9149 /* Variable offset. */
9150 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0));
9151 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9154 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9156 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9157 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9159 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9160 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9168 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9169 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9176 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9177 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9178 enum machine_mode mode
;
9180 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
9182 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9183 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9184 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9189 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9190 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9195 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9201 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9206 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9208 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9209 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9217 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9219 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9220 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9233 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9237 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9238 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9240 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9244 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9245 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9246 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9256 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9263 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9270 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9277 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9292 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9293 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9294 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9297 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9298 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9301 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9315 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9319 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9325 const enum tree_code code
=
9326 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9328 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9329 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
9330 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9331 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9334 /* ... fall through ... */
9338 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9339 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9340 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9341 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9342 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9344 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9345 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9348 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9349 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9351 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9352 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9353 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9355 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9356 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9357 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9359 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9360 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9361 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9362 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9363 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9367 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
9369 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR
:
9370 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR
:
9374 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9375 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9376 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9377 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9380 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9381 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9382 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9385 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9386 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9391 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9392 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
9395 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9396 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
9398 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9400 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9402 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9405 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9407 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9413 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9414 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
9416 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
9419 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9420 which is not less than the value itself. */
9422 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9423 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9425 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9428 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9429 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9430 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9434 field_type (tree decl
)
9438 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9439 return integer_type_node
;
9441 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9442 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9443 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9448 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9449 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9450 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9452 static inline unsigned
9453 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9455 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9458 static inline unsigned
9459 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9461 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9464 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9465 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9466 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9467 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9468 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9471 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9472 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9474 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9475 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9476 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9477 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9479 tree field_size_tree
;
9480 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9481 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9482 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9484 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9487 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
9489 type
= field_type (decl
);
9490 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9492 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9493 a flexible array member. */
9494 if (! field_size_tree
)
9495 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9497 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9498 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9499 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9500 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9503 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9505 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9506 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9507 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9509 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9511 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9512 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9513 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9515 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9516 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9517 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9518 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9519 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9520 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9521 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9522 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9524 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9526 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9527 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9528 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9529 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9530 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9531 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9532 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9533 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9534 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9535 bits of the bit-field itself.
9537 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9538 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9539 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9540 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9541 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9542 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9543 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9544 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9545 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9547 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9548 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9549 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9550 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9551 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9552 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9554 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9555 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9556 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9558 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9559 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9560 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9562 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9563 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9564 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9565 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9567 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9569 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9570 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9572 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9573 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9574 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9575 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9578 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9581 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9582 associated with them. */
9584 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9586 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9587 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9588 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9591 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9592 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9595 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9598 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9599 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9600 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9601 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9602 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9603 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9606 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9607 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9608 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9609 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9610 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9611 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9612 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9613 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9614 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9618 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9620 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9621 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9623 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
9625 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9626 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9628 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9629 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9630 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9631 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9633 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9635 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9637 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9639 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9640 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9641 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9643 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9644 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9645 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9647 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9648 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9649 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
9651 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9652 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9653 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9654 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9656 /* Extract the offset. */
9657 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9658 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9660 /* Add it to the object address. */
9661 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9662 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9665 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9668 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9672 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9674 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9675 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9676 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9678 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9679 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9680 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9684 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9687 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9690 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9693 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9696 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
9700 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
9706 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9708 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9709 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
9711 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
9717 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
9723 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9726 insert_float (rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
9732 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9733 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
9735 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9736 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
9738 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
9743 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9744 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9745 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9746 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9747 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9750 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9752 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9756 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9759 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9761 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9766 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9767 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9768 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9769 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9771 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9773 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
9775 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
9776 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
9778 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
9779 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
9783 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9784 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
9786 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9787 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9794 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9795 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
9796 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
9797 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
9801 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
9803 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
9804 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9806 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9807 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
9809 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
9817 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
9818 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
9825 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
9826 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
9829 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
9830 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
9832 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
9833 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9838 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
9839 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
9844 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
9845 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9847 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9848 insert_float (elt
, p
);
9856 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
9861 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9867 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9868 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
9872 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9873 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9874 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9875 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9876 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9877 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9878 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9879 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9880 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9881 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9882 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9886 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9892 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
9893 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
9896 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
9897 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9899 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
9902 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
9903 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
9909 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9910 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9913 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
9917 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9918 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9919 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9921 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9922 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9923 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9925 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9927 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9928 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9929 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9930 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9931 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9932 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
9933 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
9935 /* Although DWARF could easily handle other kinds of aggregates, we
9936 have no way to represent such values as RTL constants, so skip
9938 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
9940 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9941 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
9942 reference variables which won't be output. */
9943 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
9944 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
9946 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9948 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9949 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
9955 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9958 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9962 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9963 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9964 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9966 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9967 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9968 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9969 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9970 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9971 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9972 referenced within the function.
9974 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9975 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9976 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9977 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9979 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9980 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9981 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9982 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9983 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9984 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9986 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9987 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9988 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9989 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9990 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9991 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9992 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9993 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9994 output at debug-time.
9996 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9997 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9998 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9999 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10000 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10001 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10002 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10003 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10004 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10005 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10006 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10007 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10008 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10010 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10011 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10012 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10013 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10014 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10015 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10016 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10017 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10018 I'd like to fix it.
10020 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10021 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10022 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10023 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10024 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10025 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10026 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10027 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10028 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10029 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10030 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10032 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10033 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10035 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10036 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10037 fixed registers. */
10038 if (! reload_completed
)
10041 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
10043 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
10045 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10046 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
10048 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10053 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
10055 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
10057 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10058 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
10059 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
10060 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
10062 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10063 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10064 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10065 if (dmode
== pmode
)
10066 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10067 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
10068 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10069 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10071 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10074 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
10076 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10077 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
10078 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10079 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
10086 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10087 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10088 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10089 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10090 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10091 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10093 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
10094 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
10095 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10096 /* Not passed in memory. */
10097 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10098 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10099 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10100 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10101 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10102 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10103 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10106 /* Big endian correction check. */
10107 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10108 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
10109 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
10112 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
10113 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
10115 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10116 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
10119 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10122 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10123 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10125 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
10126 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
10128 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10129 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10130 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10131 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10132 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10133 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10135 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10136 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
10139 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10140 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10141 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10142 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10143 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10146 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10148 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10149 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10150 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10152 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
10157 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10158 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10159 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10160 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10161 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10162 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10164 static const char *
10165 secname_for_decl (tree decl
)
10167 const char *secname
;
10169 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10171 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10172 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10174 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10176 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10177 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10179 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
10180 secname
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
10182 secname
= text_section_label
;
10187 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10188 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10189 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10190 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10191 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10192 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10193 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10194 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10195 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10196 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10199 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
10200 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
10203 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
10204 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
10205 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10206 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10209 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
10210 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
10212 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10213 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
10215 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10217 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
10219 const char *endname
, *secname
;
10220 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10223 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10224 actually construct the list of locations.
10225 The first location information is what is passed to the
10226 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10227 locations just get added on to that list.
10228 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10229 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10230 the range [current location start, next location start].
10231 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10232 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10234 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10235 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10236 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
10238 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10239 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10242 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10243 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10245 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10246 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10247 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10248 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10249 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10252 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10253 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10254 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10256 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10258 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10259 if (!current_function_decl
)
10260 endname
= text_end_label
;
10263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10264 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10265 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10267 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10268 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10271 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10272 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10276 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10279 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10280 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
10282 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10286 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10287 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10288 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10289 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
10291 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10292 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
));
10295 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10300 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10301 description from the tree. */
10302 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
10305 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10308 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10309 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10310 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
10313 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10314 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10315 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10318 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10320 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10321 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10324 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
10329 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
10331 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
10334 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10335 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10336 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10337 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10340 static dw_loc_list_ref
10341 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10344 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
10346 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
10347 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
10349 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
10351 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
10355 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
10356 next_cfa
.offset
= 0;
10357 next_cfa
.indirect
= 0;
10358 next_cfa
.base_offset
= 0;
10360 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
10362 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10363 advance opcodes. */
10364 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10365 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10367 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10368 last_label
= start_label
;
10370 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10371 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
10373 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
10374 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
10375 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
10376 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10378 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10379 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10382 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10383 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10384 start_label
= last_label
;
10386 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
10389 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
10390 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10391 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
10392 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
10393 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10394 if it were to be required. */
10395 gcc_unreachable ();
10398 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10402 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10404 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10405 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10407 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10408 start_label
= last_label
;
10410 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
10411 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
10417 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10418 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10419 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10420 before the latter is negated. */
10423 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10427 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10428 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10429 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10431 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10432 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10435 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10436 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10438 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10439 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10441 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10442 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
10444 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
10447 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10448 the value of the attribute. */
10451 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
10453 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
10455 if (demangle_name_func
)
10456 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
10458 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
10462 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10465 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
10467 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
10469 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10472 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10473 a representation for that bound. */
10476 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
10478 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
10483 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10485 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
10486 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
10487 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
10488 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
10489 /* Use the default. */
10492 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
10497 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
10498 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10499 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
10509 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
10511 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10512 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10513 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10514 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10515 later parameter. */
10516 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
10517 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10523 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10524 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10526 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
10527 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10529 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
10533 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
10534 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
10536 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
10538 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
10539 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10540 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
10541 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
10543 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10549 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10550 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10553 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10555 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10556 unsigned dimension_number
;
10559 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10561 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10562 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10563 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10564 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10565 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10566 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10567 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10568 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10570 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10571 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10572 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10573 gen_array_type_die. */
10574 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10575 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10576 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10577 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10580 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10582 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10583 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10585 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10588 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10589 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10590 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10592 /* Define the index type. */
10593 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10595 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10596 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10597 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10598 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10599 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10600 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10601 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10604 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10608 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10609 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10611 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10612 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10613 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10615 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10617 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10620 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10621 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10627 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10631 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10636 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10639 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10640 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10643 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10644 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10645 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10646 even for bit-fields. */
10647 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10650 gcc_unreachable ();
10653 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10654 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10655 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10656 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10657 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10660 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10661 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10662 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10665 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10666 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10667 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10668 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10669 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10670 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10672 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10673 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10674 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10677 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10679 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10680 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10681 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10682 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10683 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10684 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10686 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10687 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
10689 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10690 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10691 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10692 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10693 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10696 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10698 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10699 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10700 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10701 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10702 below must take account of these differences. */
10703 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10704 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10706 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10708 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10709 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10713 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10714 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10715 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10717 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10720 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10721 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10724 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10726 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10727 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
10728 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
10730 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10731 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10734 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10735 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10738 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10740 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10741 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10742 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10745 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10746 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10750 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10752 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10754 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10756 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10757 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10758 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10760 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10761 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10765 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10767 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10769 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10772 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10773 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10774 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10775 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10777 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10778 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10779 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10780 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10781 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10782 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10783 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10787 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10790 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10793 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
10795 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10797 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10799 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10800 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10801 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10802 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10805 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10806 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10807 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10808 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10812 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10815 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10817 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
10818 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
10820 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10821 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
10824 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10825 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10828 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10832 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10833 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10835 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10836 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10837 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10839 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10840 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10841 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10842 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
10843 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
)))
10844 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10845 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10848 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10849 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10850 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10851 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10853 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10854 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10855 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10860 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10863 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10865 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10868 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10871 pop_decl_scope (void)
10873 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
10876 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10877 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10878 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10879 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10880 the current active scope. */
10883 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10885 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10886 tree containing_scope
;
10889 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10890 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
10892 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10894 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10895 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10897 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10900 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10903 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10904 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10905 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10906 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10907 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10909 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10910 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10911 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10913 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10914 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10915 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10916 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10917 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10922 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10923 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
10925 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10926 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10929 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10932 scope_die
= context_die
;
10937 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10940 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10942 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10943 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10944 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10950 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10951 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10954 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10956 return (context_die
10957 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10958 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10959 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10962 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10963 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10964 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10967 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10968 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10970 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10971 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10973 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10974 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10975 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10976 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10977 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10978 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10979 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10981 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10982 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10983 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10984 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10985 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10988 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10989 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10990 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10993 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10994 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10997 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10998 function call type. */
11000 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree type
)
11002 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
11004 value
= targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (type
);
11006 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11007 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11008 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
11009 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
11012 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11013 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11014 was declared without a tag. */
11016 static const char *
11017 type_tag (tree type
)
11019 const char *name
= 0;
11021 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
11025 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11026 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11027 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
11029 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11030 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11032 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11033 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11034 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
11036 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11038 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
11041 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
11044 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11045 for bit field types. */
11048 member_declared_type (tree member
)
11050 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
11051 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
11054 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11055 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11058 static const char *
11059 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
11062 const char *fnname
;
11064 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11065 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
11068 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
11070 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
11075 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11076 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11077 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11080 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11082 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11083 dw_die_ref array_die
;
11086 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11087 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11088 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11089 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11090 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11093 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
11094 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
11095 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
11097 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
11099 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11100 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11101 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
11102 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
11106 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11107 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11108 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11109 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11110 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11111 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11112 for multidimensional arrays. */
11113 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
11116 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11117 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11118 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11119 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
11120 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11123 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
11125 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11126 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11128 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11129 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11130 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11131 add_subscript_info. */
11132 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11133 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11134 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
11136 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
11139 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11144 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11146 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11147 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
11149 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11150 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
11153 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11154 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11155 0, 0, context_die
);
11158 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11159 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
11161 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
11165 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11166 emit full debugging info for them. */
11169 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11173 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
11174 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
11177 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11180 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11182 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
11184 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11185 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11186 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11189 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11192 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11194 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
11196 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11197 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11198 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11201 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11204 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11206 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
11208 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11209 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11210 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11213 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11214 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11215 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11219 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11221 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11223 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11225 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
11226 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11227 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11228 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11230 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11233 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11235 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11236 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11237 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11238 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11242 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11243 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11244 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11245 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11247 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11248 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11249 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11250 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
11252 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
11253 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11255 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
11256 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11258 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
11259 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
11261 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
11262 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11263 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11264 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11265 values as if they were signed. That means that
11266 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11267 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11268 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11269 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
11273 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11278 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11279 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11282 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11283 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11284 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11285 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11286 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11287 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11288 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11289 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11292 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11294 dw_die_ref parm_die
11295 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
11298 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
11300 case tcc_declaration
:
11301 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
11302 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11303 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
11306 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
11307 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
11308 TREE_READONLY (node
),
11309 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
11311 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
11312 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11315 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
11316 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
11317 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
11322 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11323 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11327 gcc_unreachable ();
11333 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11334 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11337 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11339 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
11342 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11343 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11344 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11345 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11348 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11351 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
11352 tree first_parm_type
;
11355 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11357 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
11358 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
11363 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11365 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11366 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11367 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
11369 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
11371 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11372 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
11375 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11376 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
11377 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
11378 && link
== first_parm_type
)
11379 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
11380 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11382 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
11384 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
11387 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11388 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11389 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
11390 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
11392 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11393 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11394 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11395 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
11396 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11397 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
11400 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11401 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11402 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11403 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11404 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11407 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11409 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11411 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11412 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11413 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
11414 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
11416 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11417 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
11419 push_decl_scope (type
);
11420 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11421 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11422 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
11423 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
11425 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11426 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11427 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
11428 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
11429 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
11431 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
11432 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
11436 gen_variable_die (member
, type_die
);
11442 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11443 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11446 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
11448 dw_die_ref old_die
;
11451 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
11453 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11454 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
11456 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11457 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11458 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11461 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11462 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11463 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11465 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11467 gen_type_die_for_member
11468 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
11471 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11472 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11473 current_function_decl
= decl
;
11475 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
11476 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11477 if (! was_abstract
)
11478 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
11480 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11483 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11484 htab_traverse_resize().
11486 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11487 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11489 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11495 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11497 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
11501 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11503 premark_used_types (void)
11505 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
11506 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
11509 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11513 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11515 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11516 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11517 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
11520 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11521 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
11522 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11524 premark_used_types();
11526 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11527 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11528 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11529 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11530 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11532 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11533 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
11536 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
11539 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11540 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11541 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
11542 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11543 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11544 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11545 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
11547 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11549 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
11551 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11552 inline function. */
11553 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11554 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
11556 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11557 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
11561 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11562 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11564 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
11565 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11566 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11567 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11568 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11570 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11571 something we have already output. */
11575 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11576 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11577 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11578 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11579 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11580 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11581 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11582 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
11583 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11584 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
11585 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11586 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
11588 subr_die
= old_die
;
11590 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11591 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11592 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11593 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11594 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11595 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11596 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11600 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11601 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11602 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11603 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11604 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11605 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11607 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11612 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11614 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11615 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11617 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11618 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11620 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11621 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11622 0, 0, context_die
);
11625 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11626 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11627 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11629 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11630 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11631 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11632 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11637 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11639 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11641 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11642 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11643 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11644 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11646 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11647 later reused to represent definition. */
11648 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11651 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11653 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11655 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11656 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11658 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11662 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11663 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11665 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11668 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11670 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11672 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
11674 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11675 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11677 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
11679 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11680 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11681 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11683 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11684 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11686 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11687 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11690 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11691 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11692 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11694 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11695 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11696 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11697 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11699 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11700 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11701 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11705 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11706 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11707 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11710 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
11712 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11713 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11714 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11715 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11716 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11717 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11718 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11720 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11721 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11722 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11723 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11725 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
11726 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
11727 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
11729 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
11732 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11733 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11734 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11735 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11736 by this displacement. */
11737 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
11739 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
11740 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11741 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
11744 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11745 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11746 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11747 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11748 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11749 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11750 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11751 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11752 an ellipsis at the end. */
11754 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11755 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11756 its formal parameters. */
11757 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11759 else if (declaration
)
11760 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11763 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11764 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11767 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11768 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11769 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11770 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11772 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11773 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11774 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11775 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11777 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11780 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11781 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11782 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11783 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11784 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11785 parameters at all. */
11786 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11787 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11789 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11790 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11791 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11793 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11794 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11797 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11798 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11799 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11801 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11802 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11803 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11804 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11805 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11806 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11807 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11809 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11810 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11811 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11812 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11813 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11814 constructor function. */
11815 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11817 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11818 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
11819 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
11821 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11822 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11824 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11825 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11827 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11828 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11830 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11831 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11836 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11837 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11841 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11844 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11846 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11847 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11849 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11850 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11851 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11852 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11853 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11854 the program. For example, consider the C++
11858 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11863 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11865 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11866 definition is required, so the compiler will
11867 not emit a definition. */
11868 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
11869 && DECL_COMDAT (decl
) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11870 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11872 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11873 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11875 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11876 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11878 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11879 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11882 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11884 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11885 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11886 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11888 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
11889 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11891 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11892 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
11893 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11895 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11896 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11898 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11899 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11901 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11902 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11904 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11909 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11910 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11911 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11913 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11914 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11916 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11917 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11919 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11920 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11921 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11922 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11926 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11928 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
11929 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11931 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11933 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
11934 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11937 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11940 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11943 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11945 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11946 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11948 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11950 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11951 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11953 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11955 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11956 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11959 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11961 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11962 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11963 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11967 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11969 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11970 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11971 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11972 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11973 it if it ever does happen. */
11974 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
11976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11977 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11982 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11983 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11984 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11987 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
11989 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
11990 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11992 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, file_index
);
11993 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
11996 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11997 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12000 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12002 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12004 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
12008 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
12010 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
12013 add_ranges (chain
);
12014 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
12021 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12022 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12023 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12024 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
12025 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12026 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
12030 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12033 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12035 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
12037 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12038 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
12040 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
12043 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12046 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12048 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12050 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12051 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12052 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12053 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12054 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12056 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12058 dw_die_ref subr_die
12059 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
12061 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12062 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12063 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12065 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
12066 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
12069 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12070 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12071 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12072 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12073 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12074 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12075 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12076 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12077 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12078 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12079 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12081 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12084 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12087 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12089 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12091 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
12094 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
12095 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
12096 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
12097 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
12100 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
12102 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12103 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12104 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12107 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
12108 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12110 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12111 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12113 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12114 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12115 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12116 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12118 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12119 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
12123 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12124 Use modified_type_die instead.
12125 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12126 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12129 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12132 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12134 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12135 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12136 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12139 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12140 Use modified_type_die instead.
12141 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12142 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12145 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12148 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12150 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
12151 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12152 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12156 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12159 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12162 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
12163 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12165 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12166 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12167 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
12168 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12171 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12174 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
12177 char producer
[250];
12178 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
12181 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
12185 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
12186 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12187 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
12188 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
12191 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
12193 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12194 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12195 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12196 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12197 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12198 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12199 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12200 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12201 strcat (producer
, " -g");
12204 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
12206 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
12207 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
12208 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12209 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
12210 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
12211 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
12212 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F95") == 0)
12213 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
12214 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12215 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
12216 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
12217 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
12218 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12219 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
12220 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12221 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
12223 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
12225 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
12229 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12232 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12234 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
12236 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12237 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
12239 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
12240 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
12242 if (access
== access_public_node
)
12243 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
12244 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
12245 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12248 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12251 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12254 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
12257 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12258 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12259 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12260 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12261 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12262 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12263 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12264 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12265 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12266 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12267 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12269 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12272 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
12276 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
12277 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
12278 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
12279 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
12282 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12283 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12285 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12286 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12287 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12288 do put them in the right order. */
12290 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12292 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12294 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12297 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12298 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12300 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12301 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
12304 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12306 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12308 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12312 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12313 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12314 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12317 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12319 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12320 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
12322 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
12323 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12324 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
12325 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
12327 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
12330 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
12331 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12332 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
12335 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
12337 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
12338 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12340 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
12342 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12343 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
12345 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
12347 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
12349 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
12352 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12354 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12355 then give a list of members. */
12356 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
12358 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12359 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12360 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12361 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12362 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12363 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
12365 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12366 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12367 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12368 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
12370 push_decl_scope (type
);
12371 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
12374 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12375 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
12377 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
12379 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
12380 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12381 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
12386 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12388 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12389 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12390 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
12391 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
12395 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12398 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12400 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12401 dw_die_ref subr_die
12402 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
12403 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12405 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
12406 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
12407 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12408 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
12411 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12414 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12416 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12419 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12422 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
12423 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
12424 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12425 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12426 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
12431 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
12432 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
12434 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
12436 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12437 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
12440 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12442 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12443 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12446 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12447 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
12450 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12453 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12457 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12460 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12461 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12463 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12466 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12467 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
12469 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12470 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
12474 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12475 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12476 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12477 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12478 cloned type itself). */
12479 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12480 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
12482 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12485 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12491 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12492 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12493 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12494 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12495 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12497 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12499 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12500 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12501 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12505 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12506 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12507 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
12509 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12510 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12512 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12514 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12517 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12518 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12519 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12520 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12524 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12525 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12526 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12530 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12534 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12537 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12540 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12541 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12542 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12543 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12544 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12545 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12546 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12547 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
12548 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12549 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12551 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
12553 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12556 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12557 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12558 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12563 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
12567 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
12568 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12570 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12575 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12576 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12577 when appropriate. */
12585 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12589 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12593 gcc_unreachable ();
12596 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12599 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12602 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12604 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12607 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12608 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12609 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12611 gcc_assert (type
== type_main_variant (type
));
12613 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12614 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12616 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12621 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12622 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12626 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12630 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12631 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12635 gcc_unreachable ();
12639 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12640 things which are local to the given block. */
12643 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12645 int must_output_die
= 0;
12648 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12650 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12651 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12654 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12655 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12656 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12657 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12661 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12662 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12667 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12668 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12669 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12670 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12671 the current block. */
12672 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12673 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12675 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12677 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12678 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12679 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12680 must_output_die
= 1;
12683 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12684 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12685 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12686 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12687 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12688 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12689 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12690 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12692 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12693 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12694 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12695 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12696 as being a "significant" one. */
12697 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
12698 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
12699 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
12700 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
12702 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12703 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12704 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12705 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12706 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12707 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12709 must_output_die
= 1;
12715 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12716 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12717 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12718 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12719 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12720 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12721 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12722 if (must_output_die
)
12724 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12725 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12727 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12730 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12733 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12734 all of its sub-blocks. */
12737 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12742 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12743 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12746 if (TREE_USED (stmt
))
12748 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12749 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12750 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12751 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12752 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12756 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12757 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12758 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12759 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12763 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12764 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12765 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12766 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12767 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12768 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
))
12771 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12775 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12776 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12779 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12780 therein) of this block. */
12781 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12783 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12784 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12787 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12790 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
12792 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12795 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12796 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12797 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12798 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12799 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12800 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12806 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12809 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
12811 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12812 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
12813 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
12814 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12817 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12818 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12821 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12822 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
12823 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
12825 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
12828 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12830 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12834 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12836 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12837 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12838 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12839 declaration die. */
12840 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
12841 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
12842 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12843 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
12847 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12848 gen_decl_die() call. */
12849 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
12850 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
12851 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12852 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
12855 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12856 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12860 gcc_unreachable ();
12863 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12865 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12866 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
12872 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12875 force_type_die (tree type
)
12877 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12879 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12882 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12883 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12885 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12886 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12888 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12891 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12893 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12896 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12897 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12898 gcc_assert (type_die
);
12903 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12904 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12907 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12909 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
12910 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
12911 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12912 /* Force out the namespace. */
12913 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12915 return context_die
;
12918 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12919 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12921 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12922 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12925 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12927 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
12929 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12932 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12933 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12934 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12935 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
12938 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
12940 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
12942 if (DECL_P (thing
))
12943 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12945 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12949 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12952 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
12954 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
12956 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12957 they are an alias of. */
12958 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
12960 /* Output a real namespace. */
12961 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12962 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
12963 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12964 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12968 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12970 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12971 dw_die_ref origin_die
12972 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12974 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12975 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12976 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
12977 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12978 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
12979 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12983 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12986 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12990 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12993 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12999 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13000 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13003 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13004 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13005 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13006 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
13007 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
13012 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13013 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13014 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
13015 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13018 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13019 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
13020 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13022 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13023 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13024 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
13025 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
13026 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
13027 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13028 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13029 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13030 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13032 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
13033 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
13036 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13037 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13039 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13040 have described its return type. */
13041 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
13043 /* And its virtual context. */
13044 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13045 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
13047 /* And its containing type. */
13048 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13049 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13050 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13052 /* And its containing namespace. */
13053 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13056 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13057 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13061 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13062 actual typedefs. */
13063 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13066 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13067 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13068 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13069 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13070 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13071 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13072 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13074 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13078 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
13079 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13081 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13082 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
13086 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13087 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
13092 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13093 variable declarations or definitions. */
13094 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13097 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13099 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13101 /* And its containing type. */
13102 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13103 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13104 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13106 /* And its containing namespace. */
13107 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13109 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13110 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13111 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13113 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13114 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
13115 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13117 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
13121 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13122 anonymous unions and structs. */
13123 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
13124 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
13125 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
13127 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
13128 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
13133 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13134 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13137 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13138 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
13142 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13143 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
13148 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13149 compilation proper has finished. */
13152 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
13154 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13155 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13156 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13157 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13158 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
13159 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13162 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13163 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13165 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
13168 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13171 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13174 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
13176 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
13177 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
13178 unsigned file_index
;
13179 expanded_location xloc
;
13181 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13186 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13187 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13190 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13191 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13193 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13194 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
13195 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
13197 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13199 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13200 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
13201 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13204 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13205 if (!at_import_die
)
13207 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13208 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13209 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
13211 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
13212 dw_die_ref type_context_die
;
13214 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13215 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13216 type_context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13218 type_context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13220 type_context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13221 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
, type_context_die
);
13223 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
13227 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13228 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13229 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
13231 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
13233 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
13234 file_index
= lookup_filename (xloc
.file
);
13235 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
13236 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
13237 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
13240 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13243 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
13245 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13247 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13252 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13253 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13254 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13255 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13256 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13257 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13258 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13259 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13260 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13261 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13262 with the definition of the function.
13264 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13265 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13266 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13267 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13268 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13269 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13270 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13271 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13272 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13273 that they *are* definitions).
13275 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13276 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13277 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13278 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13279 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13280 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
13283 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13284 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13285 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13286 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
13287 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13288 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13289 context_die
= NULL
;
13293 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13294 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13295 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13296 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13297 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13298 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13299 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13300 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13301 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
13304 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13305 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
13306 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
13308 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13309 variable declarations or definitions. */
13310 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13314 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13315 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13317 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
13322 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13323 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
13326 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13327 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13328 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
13330 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13331 comparisons have. */
13333 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13334 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13335 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
13340 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13341 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13344 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13345 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13346 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
13347 context_die
= NULL
;
13355 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13358 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13359 a lexical block. */
13362 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13363 unsigned int blocknum
)
13365 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13366 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13369 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13373 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
13375 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13376 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13379 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13380 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13382 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13383 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13384 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13387 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
13391 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13392 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13393 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
13399 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13400 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13401 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13402 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13403 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13404 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13405 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13406 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13407 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13411 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
13414 char *save_file_name
;
13416 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13417 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13418 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
13421 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
13422 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
13423 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
13426 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13427 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
13428 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
13429 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
13431 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
13435 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13436 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
13437 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
13438 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
13439 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13441 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13442 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13443 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13444 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13446 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13447 return maybe_emit_file (i
);
13452 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13453 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13454 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13455 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13456 types, which may include filenames. */
13459 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
13461 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
13463 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
13465 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
13466 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
13467 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
13468 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
13469 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
13470 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
13472 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
13478 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13481 init_file_table (void)
13483 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13484 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
13485 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13487 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13488 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
13489 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13490 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
13493 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13494 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13495 our lookup table. */
13498 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
13500 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13501 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
13503 static rtx last_insn
;
13504 static const char *last_label
;
13507 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
13509 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
13511 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
13512 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13513 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13515 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
13516 && last_insn
== prev_insn
13517 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
13518 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
13520 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
13524 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13525 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13527 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
13529 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
13530 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
13532 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13533 newloc
->section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
13535 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
13537 last_insn
= loc_note
;
13538 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
13539 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
13540 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
)
13541 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
)))
13542 decl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
13543 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
13546 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13547 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13548 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13549 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13552 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
13554 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
13556 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
13557 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
13560 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13561 and record information relating to this source line, in
13562 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13565 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
13567 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13570 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13572 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13573 if (flag_debug_asm
)
13574 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
13577 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13579 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13581 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
13583 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13584 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
13586 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13587 line_info_table_in_use
++;
13589 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
13591 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
13592 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13593 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
13595 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13596 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13597 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
13599 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13600 separate_line_info_table
13601 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
13602 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13603 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
13604 memset (separate_line_info_table
13605 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
13607 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13608 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
13611 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13613 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
13614 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13615 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13616 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
13620 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
13622 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13623 line_info_table_in_use
);
13625 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13626 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
13628 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13630 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
13631 (line_info_table_allocated
13632 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
13633 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
13634 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13637 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13638 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
13639 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13640 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13645 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13648 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
13650 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13652 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13653 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
13655 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13656 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
13659 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13663 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
13665 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
13668 fileno
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13669 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno
, "Filename we just started");
13673 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13676 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13678 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13679 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13680 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13682 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13684 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13689 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13690 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13691 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13694 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13695 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13697 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13699 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
13701 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13702 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13706 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13707 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13708 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13711 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13712 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13714 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13716 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13718 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13719 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13723 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13726 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13728 init_file_table ();
13730 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13731 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13732 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13734 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13735 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13736 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13738 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13739 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
13741 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13742 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13743 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13744 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13745 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13746 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13748 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13749 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13750 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13751 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13753 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13754 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13756 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13757 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13758 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13759 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13760 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13761 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13762 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13764 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
13766 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
13768 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
13769 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13770 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
13771 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13772 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
13773 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13774 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
13775 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13776 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
13777 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13778 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
13779 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13780 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
13781 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13782 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
13783 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
13784 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
13785 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13786 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
13787 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13789 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13790 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
13791 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13792 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13793 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
13794 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13795 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
13797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
13798 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13799 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
13800 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13801 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
13802 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13803 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
13804 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
13805 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
13806 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
13807 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
13808 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
13810 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13812 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13813 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
13814 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
13818 switch_to_section (text_section
);
13819 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
13820 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
13822 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
13823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
13827 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13828 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13831 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13833 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
13835 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
13837 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
13838 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
13839 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
13845 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
13846 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
13849 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
13853 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
13854 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
13856 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
13858 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13859 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13862 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
13868 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
13871 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13872 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13875 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
13880 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
13882 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
13884 /* A reference to another DIE.
13885 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13886 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
13888 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
|| a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_call_file
)
13890 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13891 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
13892 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
13894 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
13895 accounts properly for it. */
13896 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
13897 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
13902 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13903 to DIE's children. */
13906 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
13910 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
13912 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13915 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13916 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13917 if (die
->die_parent
)
13918 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
13920 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13921 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13923 /* If this node is a specification,
13924 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13925 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
13926 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
13929 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
13931 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13932 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13935 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13936 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13937 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
13938 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
13940 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
13945 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13948 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
13952 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13956 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
13957 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
13958 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
13959 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
13960 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
13961 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
13962 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
13963 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
13964 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
13965 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
13966 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
13967 case DW_TAG_friend
:
13968 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
13969 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
13970 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
13971 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
13972 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
13973 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
13974 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
13975 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
13976 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
13979 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13983 /* Mark everything else. */
13989 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13990 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13992 /* Mark children. */
13993 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
13996 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14000 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
14005 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
14006 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
14008 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
14010 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14011 twice in the hash table. */
14013 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
14016 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
14017 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
14019 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
14025 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14028 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
14032 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
14034 if (! die
->die_child
)
14037 c
= die
->die_child
;
14039 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
14040 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
14041 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
14043 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14045 /* No marked children at all. */
14046 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
14049 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
14050 die
->die_child
= prev
;
14055 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
14057 prune_unused_types_update_strings (c
);
14058 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
14059 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
14063 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14066 prune_unused_types (void)
14069 limbo_die_node
*node
;
14071 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14072 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14073 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
14074 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14075 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
14076 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14078 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14079 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
14080 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14081 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
14083 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14084 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14085 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
14086 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
14087 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
14088 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
14090 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14091 if (debug_str_hash
)
14092 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
14093 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
14094 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14095 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
14097 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14098 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
14099 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14100 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
14103 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14104 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14107 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
14109 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
14110 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
14112 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14113 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14114 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
14115 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
14116 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14117 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
14120 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
14121 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14122 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14123 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
14125 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14130 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14131 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14132 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14133 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14135 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
14137 next_node
= node
->next
;
14140 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14142 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
14145 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
14146 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
14148 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
14149 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14150 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14153 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14154 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14155 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14156 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14157 this to be a child of the containing function.
14159 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14160 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14161 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14162 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14163 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
14165 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
14167 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
14168 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14169 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
14170 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14172 gcc_assert (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
);
14174 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
14176 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
14178 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14183 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
14185 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14186 emit full debugging info for them. */
14187 retry_incomplete_types ();
14189 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
14190 prune_unused_types ();
14192 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14193 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14194 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
14195 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
14197 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14198 that have children. */
14199 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
14200 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14201 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
14203 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14204 switch_to_section (text_section
);
14205 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
14206 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14208 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14209 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
14212 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14213 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14214 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14215 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14216 examining the file. */
14217 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
14219 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
14220 output_line_info ();
14223 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14225 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
14227 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
14228 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
14231 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14232 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14233 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
14234 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
14236 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14237 if (have_location_lists
)
14239 /* Output the location lists info. */
14240 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
14241 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
14242 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14243 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
14244 output_location_lists (die
);
14247 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
14248 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
14249 debug_line_section_label
);
14251 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14252 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
14254 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14255 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14256 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14257 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
14259 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
14261 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14262 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
14263 output_abbrev_section ();
14265 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14266 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
14268 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
14269 output_pubnames ();
14272 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14273 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14274 if (fde_table_in_use
)
14276 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
14280 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14281 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
14283 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
14284 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
14288 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14289 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14291 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14292 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14295 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14297 if (debug_str_hash
)
14298 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
14302 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14303 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
14305 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14307 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"